mirror of
https://github.com/Luzifer/mondash.git
synced 2024-12-24 04:51:18 +00:00
17167 lines
634 KiB
Go
17167 lines
634 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package redshift
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending
|
|
// on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet
|
|
// or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless
|
|
// Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2
|
|
// security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift
|
|
// security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster must be in the same AWS region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For an
|
|
// overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain
|
|
// Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
//
|
|
// You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients
|
|
// running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect
|
|
// to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working
|
|
// with Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
|
|
// the specified cluster security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess = "AuthorizeSnapshotAccess"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for more information on using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
|
|
// the specified cluster security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
|
|
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
|
|
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as AuthorizeSnapshotAccess with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyClusterSnapshot = "CopyClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot.
|
|
// The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots
|
|
// of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires,
|
|
// Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated
|
|
// snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot.
|
|
// Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
|
|
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
|
|
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshot(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateCluster = "CreateCluster"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCluster for more information on using the CreateCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create the cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a
|
|
// cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets
|
|
// of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more
|
|
// information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
|
|
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
|
|
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
|
|
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
|
|
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateCluster(input *CreateClusterInput) (*CreateClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterWithContext is the same as CreateCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterParameterGroup = "CreateClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate
|
|
// a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also
|
|
// associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is
|
|
// created by using ModifyCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to
|
|
// the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters
|
|
// and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSecurityGroup = "CreateClusterSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to
|
|
// control access to non-VPC clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
|
|
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A cluster security group with the same name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup"
|
|
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroup(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSnapshot = "CreateClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in
|
|
// the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshot(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateClusterSubnetGroup = "CreateClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one
|
|
// or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
|
|
// when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
|
|
// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
|
|
// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroup(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires
|
|
// an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the
|
|
// Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To
|
|
// obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and
|
|
// subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs,
|
|
// event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all
|
|
// events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source
|
|
// type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories
|
|
// = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only
|
|
// send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup
|
|
// categories for the specified clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type =
|
|
// cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent
|
|
// for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type
|
|
// but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events
|
|
// for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either
|
|
// the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated
|
|
// from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must
|
|
// specify a source type if you specify a source ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this
|
|
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
|
|
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"
|
|
// There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified
|
|
// name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
|
|
// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
|
|
// SNS topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
|
|
// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
|
|
// exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
|
|
// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
|
|
// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
|
|
// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"
|
|
// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
|
|
// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
|
|
// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
|
|
// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateHsmClientCertificate = "CreateHsmClientCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateHsmClientCertificate for more information on using the CreateHsmClientCertificate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateHsmClientCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateHsmClientCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use
|
|
// to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used
|
|
// to encrypt the cluster databases.
|
|
//
|
|
// The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition
|
|
// to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration
|
|
// that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption
|
|
// keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with
|
|
// the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about
|
|
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificate(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as CreateHsmClientCertificate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateHsmConfiguration = "CreateHsmConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateHsmConfiguration for more information on using the CreateHsmConfiguration
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateHsmConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateHsmConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateHsmConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an
|
|
// Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware
|
|
// Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify
|
|
// it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its
|
|
// encryption keys in the HSM.
|
|
//
|
|
// In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM
|
|
// client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified
|
|
// identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about
|
|
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfiguration(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateHsmConfiguration with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant = "CreateSnapshotCopyGrant"
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for more information on using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer
|
|
// master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied
|
|
// snapshots in a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name
|
|
// already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in
|
|
// this region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateTags = "CreateTags"
|
|
|
|
// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds one or more tags to a specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// A resource can have up to 10 tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags
|
|
// for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for
|
|
// that key will be updated with the new value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCluster = "DeleteCluster"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCluster for more information on using the DeleteCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the
|
|
// web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters
|
|
// to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled
|
|
// or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
|
|
// to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later
|
|
// restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot
|
|
// is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the
|
|
// snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins
|
|
// deleting the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
|
|
// snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteCluster(input *DeleteClusterInput) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
|
|
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
|
|
// try the operation again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup = "DeleteClusterSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters.
|
|
// You cannot delete the default security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
|
|
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSnapshot = "DeleteClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available
|
|
// state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you
|
|
// delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots.
|
|
// You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other
|
|
// accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the
|
|
// authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
|
|
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
|
|
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup = "DeleteClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault"
|
|
// The state of the subnet is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
|
|
// does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"
|
|
// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
|
|
// subscription request is already in progress.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteHsmClientCertificate = "DeleteHsmClientCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for more information on using the DeleteHsmClientCertificate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteHsmClientCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault"
|
|
// The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it
|
|
// is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificate(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmClientCertificate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteHsmConfiguration = "DeleteHsmConfiguration"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteHsmConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteHsmConfiguration
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteHsmConfiguration,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteHsmConfigurationInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault"
|
|
// The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still
|
|
// in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfiguration(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmConfiguration with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for more information on using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault"
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more
|
|
// clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
|
|
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource
|
|
// from which you want to delete the tag or tags.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeClusterParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups
|
|
// you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the
|
|
// response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group
|
|
// family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description
|
|
// of a specific parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameterGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterParameters = "DescribeClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon
|
|
// Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information
|
|
// such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter
|
|
// value is modifiable, and so on.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type.
|
|
// For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such
|
|
// as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameters(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParametersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterParametersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups = "DescribeClusterSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of
|
|
// a security group is specified, the response will contain only information
|
|
// about only that security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
|
|
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys
|
|
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSnapshots = "DescribeClusterSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeClusterSnapshots
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster
|
|
// snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots
|
|
// of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information
|
|
// is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and
|
|
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
|
|
// admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of
|
|
// those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the
|
|
// response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value
|
|
// request parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned
|
|
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSnapshots with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups = "DescribeClusterSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata
|
|
// about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information
|
|
// about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys
|
|
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are
|
|
// returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with
|
|
// them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusterVersions = "DescribeClusterVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusterVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterVersions for more information on using the DescribeClusterVersions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusterVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClusterVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClusterVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You
|
|
// can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersions(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusterVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClusterVersionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPages(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterVersionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClusterVersionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeClusters = "DescribeClusters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeClusters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusters for more information on using the DescribeClusters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClustersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeClustersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClustersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeClusters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeClustersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeClustersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClusters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties,
|
|
// cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security
|
|
// and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information
|
|
// about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and
|
|
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
|
|
// admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of
|
|
// those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned
|
|
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeClusters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusters(input *DescribeClustersInput) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeClustersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersPages(input *DescribeClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeClustersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClustersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeClustersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeClustersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeDefaultClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"DefaultClusterParameters.Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a
|
|
// specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types,
|
|
// go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notification subscriptions
|
|
// for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description
|
|
// for that subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all event notification subscriptions that match any combination of
|
|
// the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment
|
|
// for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subscriptions that have
|
|
// any combination of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subscriptions are
|
|
// returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with
|
|
// them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
|
|
// does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter
|
|
// groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security
|
|
// group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name
|
|
// as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHsmClientCertificates = "DescribeHsmClientCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for more information on using the DescribeHsmClientCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHsmClientCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate
|
|
// ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned
|
|
// by your AWS customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified
|
|
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have
|
|
// any combination of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificates(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmClientCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeHsmConfigurations = "DescribeHsmConfigurations"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeHsmConfigurations operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations for more information on using the DescribeHsmConfigurations
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeHsmConfigurations,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
// If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM
|
|
// configurations owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys
|
|
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
|
|
// and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination
|
|
// of those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections
|
|
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurations(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmConfigurations with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLoggingStatus = "DescribeLoggingStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoggingStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLoggingStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoggingStatus for more information on using the DescribeLoggingStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoggingStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLoggingStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLoggingStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoggingStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is
|
|
// being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatus(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeLoggingStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoggingStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions = "DescribeOrderableClusterOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster
|
|
// you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the
|
|
// EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify,
|
|
// and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage,
|
|
// memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a
|
|
// list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating
|
|
// a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings = "DescribeReservedNodeOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift
|
|
// with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring
|
|
// costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you.
|
|
// These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want
|
|
// to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
|
|
// to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
|
|
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"
|
|
// Specified offering does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
|
|
// The requested operation isn't supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"
|
|
// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
|
|
// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferings with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedNodes = "DescribeReservedNodes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodes for more information on using the DescribeReservedNodes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedNodes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedNodesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedNodesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodes API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeNotFound"
|
|
// The specified reserved compute node not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"
|
|
// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
|
|
// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodes(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReservedNodes method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPages(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReservedNodesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeResize = "DescribeResize"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResizeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeResize operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeResize for more information on using the DescribeResize
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeResizeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeResizeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeResizeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeResize,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeResizeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeResizeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResize API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster.
|
|
// If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster,
|
|
// a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed,
|
|
// the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize.
|
|
//
|
|
// A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a
|
|
// different number or type of nodes for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeResize for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault "ResizeNotFound"
|
|
// A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeResize(input *DescribeResizeInput) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeResizeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResizeWithContext is the same as DescribeResize with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeResize for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeResizeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeResizeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = "DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for more information on using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination
|
|
// region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
|
|
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTableRestoreStatus = "DescribeTableRestoreStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for more information on using the DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTableRestoreStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter,
|
|
// then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests
|
|
// ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault "TableRestoreNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatus(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeTableRestoreStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying
|
|
// an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as
|
|
// clusters, snapshots, and so on.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are limitations for DescribeTags:
|
|
//
|
|
// * You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the
|
|
// same request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the
|
|
// ARN parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return
|
|
// in a request.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and
|
|
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
|
|
// admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination of
|
|
// those values are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned
|
|
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
|
|
// The tag is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableLogging = "DisableLogging"
|
|
|
|
// DisableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableLogging operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableLogging for more information on using the DisableLogging
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableLoggingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableLoggingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingRequest(input *DisableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableLogging,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableLoggingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the
|
|
// specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DisableLogging for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableLogging(input *DisableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableLoggingWithContext is the same as DisableLogging with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDisableSnapshotCopy = "DisableSnapshotCopy"
|
|
|
|
// DisableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DisableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableSnapshotCopy for more information on using the DisableSnapshotCopy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DisableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDisableSnapshotCopy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DisableSnapshotCopyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DisableSnapshotCopyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region
|
|
// for a specified cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key
|
|
// (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that
|
|
// grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault"
|
|
// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopy(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as DisableSnapshotCopy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DisableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableLogging = "EnableLogging"
|
|
|
|
// EnableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableLogging operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableLogging for more information on using the EnableLogging
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableLoggingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableLoggingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingRequest(input *EnableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableLogging,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableLoggingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &LoggingStatus{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for
|
|
// the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation EnableLogging for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault "BucketNotFoundFault"
|
|
// Could not find the specified S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault"
|
|
// The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3
|
|
// bucket specified when enabling logging.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault"
|
|
// The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the
|
|
// documented constraints.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault "InvalidS3BucketNameFault"
|
|
// The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go
|
|
// to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableLogging(input *EnableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableLoggingWithContext is the same as EnableLogging with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableLoggingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opEnableSnapshotCopy = "EnableSnapshotCopy"
|
|
|
|
// EnableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the EnableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableSnapshotCopy for more information on using the EnableSnapshotCopy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the EnableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opEnableSnapshotCopy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &EnableSnapshotCopyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &EnableSnapshotCopyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region
|
|
// for a specified cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions "IncompatibleOrderableOptions"
|
|
// The specified options are incompatible.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault "CopyToRegionDisabledFault"
|
|
// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault"
|
|
// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault"
|
|
// The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
|
|
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopy(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as EnableSnapshotCopy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See EnableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetClusterCredentials = "GetClusterCredentials"
|
|
|
|
// GetClusterCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetClusterCredentials operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetClusterCredentials for more information on using the GetClusterCredentials
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetClusterCredentialsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials
|
|
func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsRequest(input *GetClusterCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetClusterCredentials,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetClusterCredentialsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetClusterCredentialsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetClusterCredentials API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization
|
|
// to log on to an Amazon Redshift database. The action returns the database
|
|
// user name prefixed with IAM: if AutoCreate is False or IAMA: if AutoCreate
|
|
// is True. You can optionally specify one or more database user groups that
|
|
// the user will join at log on. By default, the temporary credentials expire
|
|
// in 900 seconds. You can optionally specify a duration between 900 seconds
|
|
// (15 minutes) and 3600 seconds (60 minutes). For more information, see Using
|
|
// IAM Authentication to Generate Database User Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/generating-user-credentials.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// The AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)user or role that executes GetClusterCredentials
|
|
// must have an IAM policy attached that allows access to all necessary actions
|
|
// and resources. For more information about permissions, see Resource Policies
|
|
// for GetClusterCredentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#redshift-policy-resources.getclustercredentials-resources)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the DbGroups parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow the redshift:JoinGroup
|
|
// action with access to the listed dbgroups.
|
|
//
|
|
// In addition, if the AutoCreate parameter is set to True, then the policy
|
|
// must include the redshift:CreateClusterUser privilege.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the DbName parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to
|
|
// the resource dbname for the specified database name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation GetClusterCredentials for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
|
|
// The requested operation isn't supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials
|
|
func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentials(input *GetClusterCredentialsInput) (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetClusterCredentialsWithContext is the same as GetClusterCredentials with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetClusterCredentials for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClusterCredentialsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyCluster = "ModifyCluster"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyCluster for more information on using the ModifyCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security
|
|
// or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the
|
|
// master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security
|
|
// groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying
|
|
// a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more
|
|
// information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down
|
|
// the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of
|
|
// nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifyCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
|
|
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
|
|
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault "UnsupportedOptionFault"
|
|
// A request option was specified that is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyCluster(input *ModifyClusterInput) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterIamRoles = "ModifyClusterIamRoles"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterIamRoles operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterIamRoles for more information on using the ModifyClusterIamRoles
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterIamRoles,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterIamRolesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
|
|
// can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRoles(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterIamRoles with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterIamRoles for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
|
|
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
|
|
// try the operation again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyClusterSubnetGroup = "ModifyClusterSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyClusterSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets.
|
|
// The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of
|
|
// subnets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
|
|
// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
|
|
// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
|
|
// A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
|
|
// does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
|
|
// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
|
|
// SNS topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
|
|
// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
|
|
// exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"
|
|
// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
|
|
// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
|
|
// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
|
|
// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"
|
|
// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
|
|
// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
|
|
// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
|
|
// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"
|
|
// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
|
|
// subscription request is already in progress.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod"
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for more information on using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination
|
|
// region after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault"
|
|
// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext is the same as ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering = "PurchaseReservedNodeOffering"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
|
|
func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined
|
|
// set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings.
|
|
// You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available
|
|
// reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved
|
|
// node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
|
|
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"
|
|
// Specified offering does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists"
|
|
// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about
|
|
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
|
|
// The requested operation isn't supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
|
|
func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedNodeOffering with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootCluster = "RebootCluster"
|
|
|
|
// RebootClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootCluster for more information on using the RebootCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RebootClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in
|
|
// a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set
|
|
// to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any
|
|
// pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this reboot.
|
|
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RebootCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RebootCluster(input *RebootClusterInput) (*RebootClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootClusterWithContext is the same as RebootCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetClusterParameterGroup = "ResetClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default
|
|
// values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default".
|
|
// To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter.
|
|
// For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
|
|
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
|
|
// try the operation again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreFromClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates
|
|
// the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster
|
|
// from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created
|
|
// with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift
|
|
// creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different
|
|
// security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If
|
|
// you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS
|
|
// node type of the same size during restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group
|
|
// where you want the cluster restored.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied"
|
|
// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
|
|
// the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
|
|
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
|
|
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
|
|
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
|
|
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
|
|
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
|
|
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestore"
|
|
// The restore is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
|
|
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
|
|
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
|
|
// VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
|
|
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
|
|
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
|
|
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot.
|
|
// You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the
|
|
// snapshot was taken from.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the
|
|
// same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you
|
|
// cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If
|
|
// you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then
|
|
// rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
|
|
// When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original
|
|
// name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
|
|
// This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from
|
|
// the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for
|
|
// your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
|
|
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
|
|
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault "InvalidTableRestoreArgument"
|
|
// The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName
|
|
// parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
|
|
// The requested operation isn't supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously
|
|
// authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule,
|
|
// see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing
|
|
// security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
|
|
// specified cluster security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeSnapshotAccess = "RevokeSnapshotAccess"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RevokeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSnapshotAccess for more information on using the RevokeSnapshotAccess
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeSnapshotAccess,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeSnapshotAccessInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the
|
|
// specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the
|
|
// restore will run to completion.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied"
|
|
// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
|
|
// the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
|
|
// specified cluster security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccess(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as RevokeSnapshotAccess with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RevokeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRotateEncryptionKey = "RotateEncryptionKey"
|
|
|
|
// RotateEncryptionKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RotateEncryptionKey operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RotateEncryptionKey for more information on using the RotateEncryptionKey
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RotateEncryptionKeyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (req *request.Request, output *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRotateEncryptionKey,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RotateEncryptionKeyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RotateEncryptionKeyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RotateEncryptionKey API operation for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
|
|
// API operation RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
|
|
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
|
|
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
|
|
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
|
|
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKey(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext is the same as RotateEncryptionKey with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RotateEncryptionKey for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AccountWithRestoreAccess
|
|
type AccountWithRestoreAccess struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of an AWS support account authorized to restore a snapshot.
|
|
// For AWS support, the identifier is amazon-redshift-support.
|
|
AccountAlias *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
|
|
AccountId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountAlias sets the AccountAlias field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountAlias(v string) *AccountWithRestoreAccess {
|
|
s.AccountAlias = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountId(v string) *AccountWithRestoreAccess {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressMessage
|
|
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 111122223333
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult
|
|
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccessMessage
|
|
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To share a snapshot with AWS support, specify amazon-redshift-support.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
|
|
AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountWithRestoreAccess"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.AccountWithRestoreAccess = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResult
|
|
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an availability zone.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AvailabilityZone
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the availability zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Cluster
|
|
type Cluster struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that major version upgrades will
|
|
// be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time that the cluster was created.
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The nodes in the cluster.
|
|
ClusterNodes []*ClusterNode `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster.
|
|
// Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The public key for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterPublicKey *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
|
|
ClusterRevisionNumber *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each
|
|
// security group is represented by an element that contains ClusterSecurityGroup.Name
|
|
// and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon
|
|
// Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security
|
|
// groups, which are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are
|
|
// configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
|
|
ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * available
|
|
//
|
|
// * creating
|
|
//
|
|
// * deleting
|
|
//
|
|
// * final-snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// * hardware-failure
|
|
//
|
|
// * incompatible-hsm
|
|
//
|
|
// * incompatible-network
|
|
//
|
|
// * incompatible-parameters
|
|
//
|
|
// * incompatible-restore
|
|
//
|
|
// * modifying
|
|
//
|
|
// * rebooting
|
|
//
|
|
// * renaming
|
|
//
|
|
// * resizing
|
|
//
|
|
// * rotating-keys
|
|
//
|
|
// * storage-full
|
|
//
|
|
// * updating-hsm
|
|
ClusterStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter
|
|
// is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created.
|
|
// This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database
|
|
// was not specified, a database named devdev was created by default.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
ElasticIpStatus *ElasticIpStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted
|
|
// at rest.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The connection endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying
|
|
// any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify
|
|
// cluster command.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: active, applying
|
|
HsmStatus *HsmStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
IamRoles []*ClusterIamRole `locationNameList:"ClusterIamRole" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used
|
|
// to encrypt data in the cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
|
|
// database that is specified in the DBName parameter.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
|
|
ModifyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending.
|
|
// Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which
|
|
// system maintenance can occur.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that the cluster can be accessed
|
|
// from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter
|
|
// returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.
|
|
RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that
|
|
// are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster
|
|
// is in a VPC.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cluster) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cluster) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *Cluster {
|
|
s.AllowVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *Cluster {
|
|
s.AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterNodes sets the ClusterNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterNodes(v []*ClusterNode) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterNodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroups sets the ClusterParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterParameterGroups(v []*ClusterParameterGroupStatus) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterPublicKey sets the ClusterPublicKey field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterPublicKey(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterPublicKey = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterRevisionNumber sets the ClusterRevisionNumber field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterRevisionNumber(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterRevisionNumber = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus sets the ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus(v *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterStatus sets the ClusterStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterStatus(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetClusterVersion(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetDBName(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticIpStatus sets the ElasticIpStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetElasticIpStatus(v *ElasticIpStatus) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ElasticIpStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Cluster {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *Cluster {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *Cluster {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmStatus sets the HsmStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetHsmStatus(v *HsmStatus) *Cluster {
|
|
s.HsmStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetIamRoles(v []*ClusterIamRole) *Cluster {
|
|
s.IamRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModifyStatus sets the ModifyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetModifyStatus(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.ModifyStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetNodeType(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *Cluster {
|
|
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *Cluster {
|
|
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *Cluster {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestoreStatus sets the RestoreStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetRestoreStatus(v *RestoreStatus) *Cluster {
|
|
s.RestoreStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Cluster {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetVpcId(v string) *Cluster {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Cluster {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the
|
|
// associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterIamRole
|
|
type ClusterIamRole struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon
|
|
// Redshift cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * in-sync: The role is available for use by the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * adding: The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * removing: The role is in the process of being disassociated with the
|
|
// cluster.
|
|
ApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
|
|
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterIamRole) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterIamRole) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyStatus sets the ApplyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterIamRole) SetApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterIamRole {
|
|
s.ApplyStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterIamRole) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *ClusterIamRole {
|
|
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a node in a cluster.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterNode
|
|
type ClusterNode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
|
|
NodeRole *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
|
|
PrivateIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
|
|
PublicIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterNode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterNode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeRole sets the NodeRole field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterNode) SetNodeRole(v string) *ClusterNode {
|
|
s.NodeRole = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrivateIPAddress sets the PrivateIPAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterNode) SetPrivateIPAddress(v string) *ClusterNode {
|
|
s.PrivateIPAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPublicIPAddress sets the PublicIPAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterNode) SetPublicIPAddress(v string) *ClusterNode {
|
|
s.PublicIPAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroup
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
|
|
// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
|
|
// of an associated cluster.
|
|
ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupStatus sets the ParameterGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupStatus
|
|
type ClusterParameterGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of parameter statuses.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
|
|
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ClusterParameterStatusList []*ClusterParameterStatus `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of parameter updates.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterStatusList sets the ClusterParameterStatusList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetClusterParameterStatusList(v []*ClusterParameterStatus) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterStatusList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterStatus
|
|
type ClusterParameterStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database.
|
|
ParameterApplyErrorDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync
|
|
// with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error
|
|
// when being applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database.
|
|
//
|
|
// * pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster
|
|
// reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database.
|
|
//
|
|
// * invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an
|
|
// invalid value or syntax.
|
|
//
|
|
// * apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The
|
|
// changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will
|
|
// be applied after the cluster reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change
|
|
// will be applied after the cluster reboots.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterParameterStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterApplyErrorDescription sets the ParameterApplyErrorDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyErrorDescription(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterApplyErrorDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterName(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus {
|
|
s.ParameterName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroup
|
|
type ClusterSecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the security group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated
|
|
// with this cluster security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated
|
|
// with this cluster security group.
|
|
IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster security group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *ClusterSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *ClusterSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.IPRanges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterSecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster security group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroupMembership
|
|
type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the cluster security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for
|
|
// cross-region snapshot copy.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus
|
|
type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy is enabled.
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
|
|
// region after they are copied from a source region.
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
|
|
s.RetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSubnetGroup
|
|
type ClusterSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, Incomplete
|
|
// and Invalid.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description
|
|
// of the version.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterVersion
|
|
type ClusterVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number used by the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the cluster version.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ClusterVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterVersion) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily(v string) *ClusterVersion {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterVersion) SetClusterVersion(v string) *ClusterVersion {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ClusterVersion) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterVersion {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
|
|
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
|
|
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
|
|
SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
|
|
// available.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterMessage
|
|
type CreateClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
|
|
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can
|
|
// request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance
|
|
// window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
|
|
// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
|
|
// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned
|
|
// in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is
|
|
// specified by the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as
|
|
// the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
|
|
// the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying.
|
|
// The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myexamplecluster
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
|
|
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed
|
|
// outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
|
|
//
|
|
// * single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.
|
|
//
|
|
// * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: multi-node
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy
|
|
// on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the
|
|
// cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For
|
|
// more information, go to Create a Database (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: dev
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain only lowercase letters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved
|
|
// words can be found in Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
|
|
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
|
|
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
|
|
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time.
|
|
IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
|
|
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that
|
|
// is being created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain one number.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
|
|
// (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
|
|
//
|
|
// MasterUserPassword is a required field
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that
|
|
// is being created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
|
|
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// MasterUsername is a required field
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
|
|
// types, go to Working with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
|
|
// | dc1.8xlarge.
|
|
//
|
|
// NodeType is a required field
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when
|
|
// the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working
|
|
// with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When
|
|
// requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that
|
|
// you want in the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings.
|
|
// Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will
|
|
// listen for incoming connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5439
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
|
|
// can occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about
|
|
// the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUserPassword == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MasterUsername == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NodeType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeType"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.AllowVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterType(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.ElasticIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetEncrypted(v bool) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetIamRoles(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.IamRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetNodeType(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterResult
|
|
type CreateClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *CreateClusterOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies.
|
|
// The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups.
|
|
// By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that
|
|
// are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for
|
|
// each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated
|
|
// with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example,
|
|
// a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique withing your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lower-case string.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroupResult
|
|
type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter group.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroup *ClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroup sets the ClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetClusterParameterGroup(v *ClusterParameterGroup) *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not be "Default".
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS
|
|
// account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplesecuritygroup
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroupResult
|
|
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
|
|
// must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not be "Default".
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplesubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
|
|
// single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroupResult
|
|
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup(v *ClusterSubnetGroup) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
|
|
// create the subscription but not active it.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
|
|
// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
|
|
// and subscribe to it.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnsTopicArn is a required field
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
|
|
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
|
|
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
|
|
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
|
|
// within the source type specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
|
|
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
|
|
// type in order to specify source IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
|
|
// cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the event subscription to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Severity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscriptionResult
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificateMessage
|
|
type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
|
|
// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHsmClientCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmClientCertificateIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificateResult
|
|
type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
|
|
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster to encrypt data files.
|
|
HsmClientCertificate *HsmClientCertificate `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificate sets the HsmClientCertificate field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) SetHsmClientCertificate(v *HsmClientCertificate) *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfigurationMessage
|
|
type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmIpAddress is a required field
|
|
HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
|
|
// store their database encryption keys.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmPartitionName is a required field
|
|
HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The password required to access the HSM partition.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmPartitionPassword is a required field
|
|
HsmPartitionPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
|
|
// server.pem.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmServerPublicCertificate is a required field
|
|
HsmServerPublicCertificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHsmConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmConfigurationIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmIpAddress == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmIpAddress"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmPartitionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmPartitionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmPartitionPassword == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmPartitionPassword"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HsmServerPublicCertificate == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmServerPublicCertificate"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmIpAddress(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionName(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmPartitionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmPartitionPassword sets the HsmPartitionPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionPassword(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmPartitionPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmServerPublicCertificate sets the HsmServerPublicCertificate field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmServerPublicCertificate(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmServerPublicCertificate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfigurationResult
|
|
type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
|
|
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
|
|
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmConfiguration *HsmConfiguration `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfiguration sets the HsmConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) SetHsmConfiguration(v *HsmConfiguration) *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput {
|
|
s.HsmConfiguration = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrantMessage
|
|
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant
|
|
// Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region
|
|
// for the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotCopyGrantName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResult
|
|
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
|
|
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
|
|
// in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrant *SnapshotCopyGrant `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrant sets the SnapshotCopyGrant field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrant(v *SnapshotCopyGrant) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrant = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the CreateTags action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTagsMessage
|
|
type CreateTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
|
|
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each
|
|
// tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value
|
|
// is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated
|
|
// by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
|
|
// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *CreateTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateTagsInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTagsOutput
|
|
type CreateTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DefaultClusterParameters
|
|
type DefaultClusterParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default
|
|
// parameters apply.
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of cluster default parameters.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DefaultClusterParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DefaultClusterParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetMarker(v string) *DefaultClusterParameters {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DefaultClusterParameters {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DefaultClusterParameters {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterMessage
|
|
type DeleteClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain lowercase characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
|
|
// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
|
|
// must be false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
|
|
// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created.
|
|
// If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
|
|
// is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalClusterSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterInput {
|
|
s.FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot sets the SkipFinalClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteClusterInput {
|
|
s.SkipFinalClusterSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterResult
|
|
type DeleteClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *DeleteClusterOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
|
|
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
|
|
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput
|
|
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificateMessage
|
|
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmClientCertificateIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput
|
|
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfigurationMessage
|
|
type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteHsmConfigurationInput"}
|
|
if s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HsmConfigurationIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput
|
|
type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantMessage
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput"}
|
|
if s.SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotCopyGrantName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput
|
|
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTagsMessage
|
|
type DeleteTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
|
|
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key that you want to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *DeleteTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTagsOutput
|
|
type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
|
|
// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
|
|
// parameter group.
|
|
ParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroups sets the ParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetParameterGroups(v []*ClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different
|
|
// form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show parameters that
|
|
// are the same as the default parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All parameter types returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: user | engine-default
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupDetails
|
|
type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
|
|
// cluster parameter group.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details.
|
|
// You can specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
|
|
// parameter, but not both.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: securitygroup1
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter
|
|
// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
|
|
// both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroupMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*ClusterSecurityGroup) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshotsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is requested.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
|
|
// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information
|
|
// about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field
|
|
// to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe
|
|
// snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify
|
|
// the parameter.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
|
|
// snapshots of all types are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: automated | manual
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
|
|
// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
|
|
// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called admin
|
|
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of
|
|
// these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.OwnerAccount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Snapshot instances.
|
|
Snapshots []*Snapshot `locationNameList:"Snapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots(v []*Snapshot) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshots = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
|
|
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
|
|
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both
|
|
// of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroups []*ClusterSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroups sets the ClusterSubnetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroups(v []*ClusterSubnetGroup) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific cluster version to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
|
|
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
|
|
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterVersionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Version elements.
|
|
ClusterVersions []*ClusterVersion `locationNameList:"ClusterVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersions sets the ClusterVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetClusterVersions(v []*ClusterVersion) *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClustersMessage
|
|
type DescribeClustersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
|
|
// parameter is case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
|
|
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
|
|
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or the
|
|
// Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
|
|
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and
|
|
// test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift
|
|
// returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag
|
|
// values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClustersInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClustersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClustersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClustersInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClustersInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClustersMessage
|
|
type DescribeClustersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
|
|
Clusters []*Cluster `locationNameList:"Cluster" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeClustersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusters sets the Clusters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersOutput) SetClusters(v []*Cluster) *DescribeClustersOutput {
|
|
s.Clusters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClustersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParametersMessage
|
|
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
|
|
// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
|
|
// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
|
|
// retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResult
|
|
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
|
|
DefaultClusterParameters *DefaultClusterParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultClusterParameters sets the DefaultClusterParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetDefaultClusterParameters(v *DefaultClusterParameters) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.DefaultClusterParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategoriesMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
|
|
// event categories apply.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventCategoriesMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories descriptions.
|
|
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesMapList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching event notification
|
|
// subscriptions that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with keys called owner
|
|
// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either or both
|
|
// of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching event notification
|
|
// subscriptions that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
|
|
// For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with values
|
|
// called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
|
|
// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventSubscriptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscriptionsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
|
|
// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
|
|
// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 60
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the
|
|
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
|
|
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
|
|
// this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is cluster-security-group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is cluster-parameter-group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security
|
|
// group name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter
|
|
// group name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot
|
|
// identifier.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventsMessage
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Event instances.
|
|
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificatesMessage
|
|
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information.
|
|
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client
|
|
// certificates owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called owner
|
|
// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
|
|
// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
|
|
// For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
|
|
// with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values
|
|
// in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
|
|
// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmClientCertificateMessage
|
|
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
|
|
// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in
|
|
// an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificates []*HsmClientCertificate `locationNameList:"HsmClientCertificate" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificates sets the HsmClientCertificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetHsmClientCertificates(v []*HsmClientCertificate) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurationsMessage
|
|
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
|
|
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations
|
|
// owned by your AWS customer account.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
|
|
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
|
|
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
|
|
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
|
|
// suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called
|
|
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
|
|
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
|
|
// or both of these tag values associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmConfigurationMessage
|
|
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
|
|
HsmConfigurations []*HsmConfiguration `locationNameList:"HsmConfiguration" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurations sets the HsmConfigurations field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetHsmConfigurations(v []*HsmConfiguration) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurations = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatusMessage
|
|
type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoggingStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeLoggingStatusInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All versions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified node type.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetNodeType(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/OrderableClusterOptionsMessage
|
|
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
|
|
// options for the cluster.
|
|
OrderableClusterOptions []*OrderableClusterOption `locationNameList:"OrderableClusterOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrderableClusterOptions sets the OrderableClusterOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetOrderableClusterOptions(v []*OrderableClusterOption) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.OrderableClusterOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the offering.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodeOfferingsMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferings []*ReservedNodeOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeOfferings sets the ReservedNodeOfferings field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetReservedNodeOfferings(v []*ReservedNodeOffering) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeOfferings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodesMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
|
|
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
|
|
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
|
|
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifier for the node reservation.
|
|
ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedNodesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetReservedNodeId(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesInput {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodesMessage
|
|
type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of ReservedNode objects.
|
|
ReservedNodes []*ReservedNode `locationNameList:"ReservedNode" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodes sets the ReservedNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetReservedNodes(v []*ReservedNode) *DescribeReservedNodesOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedNodes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResizeMessage
|
|
type DescribeResizeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
|
|
// This parameter is case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeResizeInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeResizeInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResizeProgressMessage
|
|
type DescribeResizeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
|
|
// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
|
|
// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
|
|
AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
|
|
// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
|
|
// in seconds, for the resize operation.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
|
|
// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
|
|
// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
|
|
// this value will be 0.
|
|
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names.
|
|
ImportTablesCompleted []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names.
|
|
ImportTablesInProgress []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: List of table names
|
|
ImportTablesNotStarted []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
|
|
// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
|
|
// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
|
|
// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
|
|
// estimated total amount of data before resize).
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the resize operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
TargetClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
|
|
TargetNodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
|
|
// is complete.
|
|
TargetNumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
|
|
// resize operation began.
|
|
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResizeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.ElapsedTimeInSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTablesCompleted sets the ImportTablesCompleted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesCompleted(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTablesCompleted = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTablesInProgress sets the ImportTablesInProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesInProgress(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTablesInProgress = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetImportTablesNotStarted sets the ImportTablesNotStarted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesNotStarted(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.ImportTablesNotStarted = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.ProgressInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetClusterType sets the TargetClusterType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetClusterType(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.TargetClusterType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetNodeType sets the TargetNodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNodeType(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.TargetNodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetNumberOfNodes sets the TargetNumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.TargetNumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput {
|
|
s.TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsMessage
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
|
|
// the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
|
|
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
|
|
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotCopyGrantMessage
|
|
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
|
|
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
|
|
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
|
|
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
|
|
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
|
|
// the Marker parameter, but not both.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrants []*SnapshotCopyGrant `locationNameList:"SnapshotCopyGrant" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrants sets the SnapshotCopyGrants field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrants(v []*SnapshotCopyGrant) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrants = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatusMessage
|
|
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
|
|
// don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
|
|
TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetTableRestoreRequestId(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
|
|
s.TableRestoreRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TableRestoreStatusMessage
|
|
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
|
|
// request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
|
|
TableRestoreStatusDetails []*TableRestoreStatus `locationNameList:"TableRestoreStatus" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableRestoreStatusDetails sets the TableRestoreStatusDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetTableRestoreStatusDetails(v []*TableRestoreStatus) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput {
|
|
s.TableRestoreStatusDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTagsMessage
|
|
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
|
|
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
|
|
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
|
|
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
|
|
// tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
|
|
// are:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cluster
|
|
//
|
|
// * CIDR/IP
|
|
//
|
|
// * EC2 security group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cluster security group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Subnet group
|
|
//
|
|
// * HSM connection
|
|
//
|
|
// * HSM certificate
|
|
//
|
|
// * Parameter group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Snapshot copy grant
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
|
|
// ARNs, go to Specifying Policy Elements: Actions, Effects, Resources, and
|
|
// Principals (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
|
|
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
|
|
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
|
|
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
|
|
// with them.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
|
|
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
|
|
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
|
|
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
|
|
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
|
|
// associated with them.
|
|
TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.TagValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TaggedResourceListMessage
|
|
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
|
|
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
|
|
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
|
|
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
|
|
// records have been retrieved for the request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags with their associated resources.
|
|
TaggedResources []*TaggedResource `locationNameList:"TaggedResource" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTagsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTaggedResources sets the TaggedResources field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetTaggedResources(v []*TaggedResource) *DescribeTagsOutput {
|
|
s.TaggedResources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLoggingMessage
|
|
type DisableLoggingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableLoggingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableLoggingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableLoggingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableLoggingInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DisableLoggingInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopyMessage
|
|
type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying
|
|
// of snapshots to a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableSnapshotCopyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DisableSnapshotCopyInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopyResult
|
|
type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EC2SecurityGroup
|
|
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 Security Group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// field.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the EC2 security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *EC2SecurityGroup {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ElasticIpStatus
|
|
type ElasticIpStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticIpStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ElasticIpStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticIpStatus) SetElasticIp(v string) *ElasticIpStatus {
|
|
s.ElasticIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ElasticIpStatus) SetStatus(v string) *ElasticIpStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLoggingMessage
|
|
type EnableLoggingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the same region as the cluster
|
|
//
|
|
// * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
|
|
//
|
|
// BucketName is a required field
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot exceed 512 characters
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash
|
|
// (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters
|
|
// are:
|
|
//
|
|
// x00 to x20
|
|
//
|
|
// x22
|
|
//
|
|
// x27
|
|
//
|
|
// x5c
|
|
//
|
|
// x7f or larger
|
|
S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableLoggingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableLoggingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableLoggingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableLoggingInput"}
|
|
if s.BucketName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetBucketName(v string) *EnableLoggingInput {
|
|
s.BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *EnableLoggingInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetS3KeyPrefix(v string) *EnableLoggingInput {
|
|
s.S3KeyPrefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopyMessage
|
|
type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not
|
|
// already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see
|
|
// Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
|
|
// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationRegion is a required field
|
|
DestinationRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
|
|
// after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 7.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted
|
|
// cluster are copied to the destination region.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableSnapshotCopyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DestinationRegion == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationRegion"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
|
|
s.DestinationRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
|
|
s.RetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopyResult
|
|
type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a connection endpoint.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Endpoint
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DNS address of the Cluster.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an event.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Event
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the event categories.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event.
|
|
EventId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The text of this event.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The severity of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source of the event.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type for this event.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event {
|
|
s.Date = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetEventId(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.EventId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSeverity(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.Severity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event categories.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventCategoriesMap
|
|
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The events in the event category.
|
|
Events []*EventInfoMap `locationNameList:"EventInfoMap" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories
|
|
// belong to.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEvents(v []*EventInfoMap) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventInfoMap
|
|
type EventInfoMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
|
|
EventId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The severity of the event.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInfoMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventInfoMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventInfoMap {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventDescription sets the EventDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventDescription(v string) *EventInfoMap {
|
|
s.EventDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventId(v string) *EventInfoMap {
|
|
s.EventId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventInfoMap) SetSeverity(v string) *EventInfoMap {
|
|
s.Severity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventSubscription
|
|
type EventSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. true indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification,
|
|
// such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
|
|
//
|
|
// * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer
|
|
// has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist"
|
|
// indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was
|
|
// created.
|
|
SubscriptionCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the event subscription.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustSubscriptionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustomerAwsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSeverity(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Severity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceIdsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v time.Time) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetTags(v []*Tag) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The request parameters to get cluster credentials.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentialsMessage
|
|
type GetClusterCredentialsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Create a database user with the name specified for the user named in DbUser
|
|
// if one does not exist.
|
|
AutoCreate *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which
|
|
// your are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the names of existing database groups that the user named in DbUser
|
|
// will join for the current session, in addition to any group memberships for
|
|
// an existing user. If not specified, a new user is added only to PUBLIC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Database group name constraints
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
|
|
// period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
|
|
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
DbGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DbGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If DbName
|
|
// is not specified, DbUser can log on to any existing database.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
|
|
// period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
|
|
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
DbName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in the
|
|
// database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions as the
|
|
// existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and Autocreate is
|
|
// True, a new user is created using the value for DbUser with PUBLIC permissions.
|
|
// If a database user matching the value for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate
|
|
// is False, then the command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail
|
|
// because the user doesn't exist in the database.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see CREATE USER (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_CREATE_USER.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
|
|
// period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
|
|
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// DbUser is a required field
|
|
DbUser *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 900
|
|
DurationSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetClusterCredentialsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetClusterCredentialsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClusterCredentialsInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DbUser == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DbUser"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoCreate sets the AutoCreate field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetAutoCreate(v bool) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.AutoCreate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbGroups sets the DbGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbGroups(v []*string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.DbGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbName sets the DbName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbName(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.DbName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbUser(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.DbUser = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetClusterCredentialsInput {
|
|
s.DurationSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Temporary credentials with authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift
|
|
// database.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterCredentials
|
|
type GetClusterCredentialsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser to
|
|
// log on to the database DbName.
|
|
DbPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database DbName
|
|
// using the password DbPassword. If the specified DbUser exists in the database,
|
|
// the new user name has the same database privileges as the the user named
|
|
// in DbUser. By default, the user is added to PUBLIC. If the DbGroups parameter
|
|
// is specifed, DbUser is added to the listed groups for any sessions created
|
|
// using these credentials.
|
|
DbUser *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the password in DbPassword expires.
|
|
Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetClusterCredentialsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetClusterCredentialsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbPassword sets the DbPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbPassword(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
|
|
s.DbPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbUser(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
|
|
s.DbUser = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
|
|
s.Expiration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
|
|
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
|
|
// cluster to encrypt data files.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmClientCertificate
|
|
type HsmClientCertificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the
|
|
// HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificatePublicKey *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmClientCertificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmClientCertificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *HsmClientCertificate {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey sets the HsmClientCertificatePublicKey field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey(v string) *HsmClientCertificate {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificatePublicKey = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetTags(v []*Tag) *HsmClientCertificate {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
|
|
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
|
|
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmConfiguration
|
|
type HsmConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the HSM configuration.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
|
|
HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
|
|
// store their database encryption keys.
|
|
HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetDescription(v string) *HsmConfiguration {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *HsmConfiguration {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmIpAddress(v string) *HsmConfiguration {
|
|
s.HsmIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmPartitionName(v string) *HsmConfiguration {
|
|
s.HsmPartitionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetTags(v []*Tag) *HsmConfiguration {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmStatus
|
|
type HsmStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
|
|
// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: active, applying
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HsmStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmStatus) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *HsmStatus {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmStatus) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *HsmStatus {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *HsmStatus) SetStatus(v string) *HsmStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an IP range used in a security group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/IPRange
|
|
type IPRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the IP range.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *IPRange) SetTags(v []*Tag) *IPRange {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/LoggingStatus
|
|
type LoggingStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
|
|
LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
|
|
LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The last time that logs were delivered.
|
|
LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
|
|
LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
|
|
S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoggingStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoggingStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetBucketName(v string) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureMessage(v string) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.LastFailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastFailureTime sets the LastFailureTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureTime(v time.Time) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.LastFailureTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime sets the LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime(v time.Time) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v bool) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.LoggingEnabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoggingStatus) SetS3KeyPrefix(v string) *LoggingStatus {
|
|
s.S3KeyPrefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRolesMessage
|
|
type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in
|
|
// their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles
|
|
// with a single cluster in a single request.
|
|
AddIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate
|
|
// IAM roles.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You
|
|
// can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request.
|
|
RemoveIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterIamRolesInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddIamRoles sets the AddIamRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetAddIamRoles(v []*string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
|
|
s.AddIamRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRemoveIamRoles sets the RemoveIamRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetRemoveIamRoles(v []*string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
|
|
s.RemoveIamRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRolesResult
|
|
type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterMessage
|
|
type ModifyClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
|
|
// during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current
|
|
// value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention
|
|
// period will be immediately deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
|
|
// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use RebootCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group
|
|
// family that matches the cluster version.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
|
|
// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list
|
|
// of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The new cluster type.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into
|
|
// a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on
|
|
// your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old
|
|
// cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You
|
|
// can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently
|
|
// in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family
|
|
// for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can
|
|
// be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information
|
|
// about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 1.0
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
|
|
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
|
|
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
|
|
// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
|
|
// element of the operation response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to
|
|
// regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is
|
|
// lost.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain one number.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
|
|
// (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new identifier for the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: examplecluster
|
|
NewClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must
|
|
// also specify the number of nodes parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
|
|
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
|
|
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
|
|
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
|
|
// the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
|
|
// | dc1.8xlarge.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
|
|
// you must also specify the node type parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
|
|
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
|
|
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
|
|
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
|
|
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
|
|
// the progress of the resize request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may
|
|
// result in an outage.
|
|
//
|
|
// This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance
|
|
// window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between
|
|
// the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes
|
|
// are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters
|
|
// in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.AllowVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterType(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.ElasticIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewClusterIdentifier sets the NewClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNewClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.NewClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNodeType(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterResult
|
|
type ModifyClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifyClusterOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
|
|
// modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter
|
|
// name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
|
|
//
|
|
// For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the
|
|
// name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters is a required field
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Parameters == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroupMessage
|
|
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
|
|
// single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResult
|
|
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet group.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup(v *ClusterSubnetGroup) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
|
|
// notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values: ERROR, INFO
|
|
Severity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
|
|
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
|
|
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
|
|
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
|
|
// within the source type specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
|
|
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
|
|
// type in order to specify source IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
|
|
// cluster-snapshot.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Severity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscriptionResult
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodMessage
|
|
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
|
|
// period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
|
|
// snapshot copy enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
|
|
// after they are copied from the source region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied
|
|
// to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated
|
|
// snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside
|
|
// of the new retention period.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
|
|
//
|
|
// RetentionPeriod is a required field
|
|
RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RetentionPeriod == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RetentionPeriod"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput {
|
|
s.RetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResult
|
|
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an orderable cluster option.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/OrderableClusterOption
|
|
type OrderableClusterOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster type, for example multi-node.
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the orderable cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type for the orderable cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableClusterOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableClusterOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableClusterOption {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterType(v string) *OrderableClusterOption {
|
|
s.ClusterType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterVersion(v string) *OrderableClusterOption {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetNodeType(v string) *OrderableClusterOption {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Parameter
|
|
type Parameter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The valid range of values for the parameter.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can
|
|
// be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated
|
|
// clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more
|
|
// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string" enum:"ParameterApplyType"`
|
|
|
|
// The data type of the parameter.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the parameter.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or
|
|
// operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
|
|
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user".
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.AllowedValues = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ApplyType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.DataType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter {
|
|
s.IsModifiable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one
|
|
// or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PendingModifiedValues
|
|
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
|
|
ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster
|
|
// from the public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.ClusterType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetNodeType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingMessage
|
|
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput"}
|
|
if s.ReservedNodeOfferingId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedNodeOfferingId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetNodeCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput {
|
|
s.NodeCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResult
|
|
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
|
|
ReservedNode *ReservedNode `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNode sets the ReservedNode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) SetReservedNode(v *ReservedNode) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput {
|
|
s.ReservedNode = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootClusterMessage
|
|
type RebootClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The cluster identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RebootClusterInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootClusterResult
|
|
type RebootClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RebootClusterOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a recurring charge.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RecurringCharge
|
|
type RecurringCharge struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge
|
|
// frequency.
|
|
RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
|
|
RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value.
|
|
func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge {
|
|
s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
|
|
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNode
|
|
type ReservedNode struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved cluster.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved compute nodes.
|
|
NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type of the reserved node.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
|
|
// node offering.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring charges for the reserved node.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
|
|
ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the reserved node offering.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for
|
|
// a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the reserved compute node.
|
|
//
|
|
// Possible Values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and
|
|
// the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for
|
|
// use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.
|
|
State *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNode) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNode) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetNodeCount(v int64) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.NodeCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetNodeType(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeId(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetState(v string) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNode) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedNode {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a reserved node offering.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodeOffering
|
|
type ReservedNodeOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node
|
|
// offering.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
|
|
// node offering.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters
|
|
// using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization
|
|
// reserved nodes.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering
|
|
// is running.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNodeOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedNodeOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.CurrencyCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.FixedPrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetNodeType(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.OfferingType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.RecurringCharges = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.ReservedNodeOfferingId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedNodeOffering {
|
|
s.UsagePrice = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroupMessage
|
|
type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option
|
|
// is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to
|
|
// their default values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Reserved.
|
|
AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
|
|
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
|
|
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
|
|
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
|
|
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
|
|
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
|
|
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
|
|
//
|
|
// Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
|
|
//
|
|
// A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you
|
|
// must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
|
|
ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
|
|
ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
|
|
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
|
|
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
|
|
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
|
|
HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
|
|
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
|
|
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
|
|
IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
|
|
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
// You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you
|
|
// can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example,
|
|
// you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge.
|
|
// If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance
|
|
// type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance
|
|
// type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node
|
|
// types, see About Clusters and Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
|
|
// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
|
|
// can occur.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
// For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance
|
|
// Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
|
|
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AdditionalInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AllowVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ElasticIp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.HsmConfigurationIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetIamRoles(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.IamRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNodeType(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.OwnerAccount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster
|
|
// was not created by restoring a snapshot.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreStatus
|
|
type RestoreStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
|
|
// Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
|
|
CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
|
|
// of time it took a completed restore to finish.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
|
|
// 0 for a completed restore.
|
|
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
|
|
SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
|
|
// or failed.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.ElapsedTimeInSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds(v int64) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.ProgressInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes sets the SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes(v int64) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreStatus) SetStatus(v string) *RestoreStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotMessage
|
|
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
|
|
//
|
|
// NewTableName is a required field
|
|
NewTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
|
|
// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier
|
|
// parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDatabaseName is a required field
|
|
SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If
|
|
// you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public.
|
|
SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source table to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceTableName is a required field
|
|
SourceTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NewTableName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewTableName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceDatabaseName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDatabaseName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceTableName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceTableName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNewTableName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.NewTableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceDatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSchemaName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceSchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceTableName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceTableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetDatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSchemaName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetSchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResult
|
|
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
TableRestoreStatus *TableRestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableRestoreStatus sets the TableRestoreStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetTableRestoreStatus(v *TableRestoreStatus) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.TableRestoreStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressMessage
|
|
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
|
|
// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be provided and CIDRIP cannot
|
|
// be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must
|
|
// also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 111122223333
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterSecurityGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.CIDRIP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
|
|
s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult
|
|
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a security group.
|
|
ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
|
|
s.ClusterSecurityGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccessMessage
|
|
type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the
|
|
// specified snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
|
|
AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
|
|
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
|
|
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
|
|
SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeSnapshotAccessInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountWithRestoreAccess"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.AccountWithRestoreAccess = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccessResult
|
|
type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput {
|
|
s.Snapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKeyMessage
|
|
type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
|
|
// keys for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RotateEncryptionKeyInput"}
|
|
if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RotateEncryptionKeyInput {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKeyResult
|
|
type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes a cluster.
|
|
Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput {
|
|
s.Cluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a snapshot.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Snapshot
|
|
type Snapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns
|
|
// null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.
|
|
AccountsWithRestoreAccess []*AccountWithRestoreAccess `locationNameList:"AccountWithRestoreAccess" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the incremental backup.
|
|
ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup.
|
|
BackupProgressInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
|
|
ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup.
|
|
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
|
|
CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the
|
|
// amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
|
|
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the
|
|
// HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted
|
|
// using HSM keys.
|
|
EncryptedWithHSM *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
|
|
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
|
|
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete.
|
|
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
|
|
EstimatedSecondsToCompletion *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
|
|
// used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The master user name for the cluster.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of nodes in the cluster.
|
|
NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the
|
|
// snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can
|
|
// perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot.
|
|
OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port that the cluster is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into.
|
|
RestorableNodeTypes []*string `locationNameList:"NodeType" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot contains
|
|
// a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot
|
|
// will be of type "manual".
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation
|
|
// used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available",
|
|
// "final snapshot", or "failed".
|
|
//
|
|
// * DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore
|
|
// the cluster.
|
|
TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
|
|
// VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Snapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountsWithRestoreAccess field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess(v []*AccountWithRestoreAccess) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.AccountsWithRestoreAccess = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes sets the BackupProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.BackupProgressInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterVersion(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.ClusterVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetDBName(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.DBName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.ElapsedTimeInSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Encrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryptedWithHSM sets the EncryptedWithHSM field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetEncryptedWithHSM(v bool) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.EncryptedWithHSM = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.EnhancedVpcRouting = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion sets the EstimatedSecondsToCompletion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion(v int64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.EstimatedSecondsToCompletion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetNodeType(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.NodeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.NumberOfNodes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.OwnerAccount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetPort(v int64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestorableNodeTypes sets the RestorableNodeTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetRestorableNodeTypes(v []*string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.RestorableNodeTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.SourceRegion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetStatus(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Snapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *Snapshot {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
|
|
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
|
|
// in the destination region.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
|
|
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotCopyGrant
|
|
type SnapshotCopyGrant struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which
|
|
// Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
|
|
SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag instances.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *SnapshotCopyGrant {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *SnapshotCopyGrant {
|
|
s.SnapshotCopyGrantName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetTags(v []*Tag) *SnapshotCopyGrant {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subnet.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Subnet
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes an availability zone.
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TableRestoreStatus
|
|
type TableRestoreStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored
|
|
// to.
|
|
ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include
|
|
// SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request.
|
|
NewTableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
|
|
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
RequestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
|
|
SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
|
|
SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the source table being restored.
|
|
SourceTableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TableRestoreStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the table restore request.
|
|
TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
|
|
TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
|
|
TotalDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableRestoreStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableRestoreStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetMessage(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetNewTableName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.NewTableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.ProgressInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRequestTime sets the RequestTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetRequestTime(v time.Time) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.RequestTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceDatabaseName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.SourceDatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceSchemaName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.SourceSchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceTableName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.SourceTableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetStatus(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTableRestoreRequestId(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.TableRestoreRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetDatabaseName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.TargetDatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetSchemaName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.TargetSchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalDataInMegaBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTotalDataInMegaBytes(v int64) *TableRestoreStatus {
|
|
s.TotalDataInMegaBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Tag
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The key, or name, for the resource tag.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value for the resource tag.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A tag and its associated resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TaggedResource
|
|
type TaggedResource struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example,
|
|
// arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types
|
|
// are:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cluster
|
|
//
|
|
// * CIDR/IP
|
|
//
|
|
// * EC2 security group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Snapshot
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cluster security group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Subnet group
|
|
//
|
|
// * HSM connection
|
|
//
|
|
// * HSM certificate
|
|
//
|
|
// * Parameter group
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
|
|
// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
|
|
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
|
|
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag for the resource.
|
|
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TaggedResource) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TaggedResource) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TaggedResource) SetResourceName(v string) *TaggedResource {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *TaggedResource) SetResourceType(v string) *TaggedResource {
|
|
s.ResourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
|
|
func (s *TaggedResource) SetTag(v *Tag) *TaggedResource {
|
|
s.Tag = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the members of a VPC security group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/VpcSecurityGroupMembership
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the VPC security group.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ParameterApplyTypeStatic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
|
|
ParameterApplyTypeStatic = "static"
|
|
|
|
// ParameterApplyTypeDynamic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
|
|
ParameterApplyTypeDynamic = "dynamic"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SourceTypeCluster is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeCluster = "cluster"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup = "cluster-parameter-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup = "cluster-security-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TableRestoreStatusTypePending is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypePending = "PENDING"
|
|
|
|
// TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS"
|
|
|
|
// TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
|
|
|
|
// TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"
|
|
|
|
// TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
|
|
TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled = "CANCELED"
|
|
)
|